blob: acb711a384c202bc20b0ff473b7f4de056eded62 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000126
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
129
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000130
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000488- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
490
491 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
492 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
493 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
494 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
495 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
496 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
497 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000498 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100499 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000500 default environment.
501
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000502 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
503
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200504 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
506 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
507
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400508 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200509
510 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400511 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
512 concepts).
513
514 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
515 * New libfdt-based support
516 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400518
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200519 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
520 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
521 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
522 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200523 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600524 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200525
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200526 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
527 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500528
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600529 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
530
531 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
532 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000533
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500534 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
535
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200536 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500537 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
538
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200539 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
540
541 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
542 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
543 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
544 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
545 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
546 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
547
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000548 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
549
550 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
551 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
552 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
553 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
554 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
555 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
556 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
557
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100558- vxWorks boot parameters:
559
560 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
561 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
562 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
565 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
566 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
567 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
570
571 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
572
573 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
574 the defaults discussed just above.
575
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000576- Cache Configuration:
577 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
578 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
579 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
580
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000581- Cache Configuration for ARM:
582 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
583 controller
584 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
585 controller register space
586
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000587- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200588 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000589
590 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
591
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200592 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
594 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
599 the clock speed of the UARTs.
600
601 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
602
603 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
604 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
605 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
606
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000607 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
608
609 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
610 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
611 this variable to initialize the extra register.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
614
615 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
616 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
617 variable to flush the UART at init time.
618
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000621 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
622 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
623 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
624 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000625
626 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
627 port routines must be defined elsewhere
628 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
629
630 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
631 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000632 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
634 (default big endian)
635 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
636 rectangle fill
637 (cf. smiLynxEM)
638 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
639 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
640 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
641 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000642 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
643 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000644 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
645 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000646 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000647 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
648 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
649 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
650 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
651 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
652 (i.e. i8042_getc)
653 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
654 (requires blink timer
655 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200656 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000657 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
658 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500659 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000660 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
661 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000662 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
663 linux_logo.h for logo.
664 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000665 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200666 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667 the logo
668
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000669 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
670 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
671 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
672
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000673 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
674 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
675 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000676
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000677 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
678 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
679 the "silent" environment variable. See
680 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000681
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682- Console Baudrate:
683 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
684 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200685 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
686 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000687
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100688- Console Rx buffer length
689 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
690 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100691 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100692 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
693 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
694 the SMC.
695
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000696- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200697 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
698 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
699 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
700 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
701 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
702 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
703 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200704 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200705 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000706
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200707 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
708 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000709
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000710- Safe printf() functions
711 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
712 the printf() functions. These are defined in
713 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
714 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
715 If this option is not given then these functions will
716 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
717 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
718
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
720 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
721 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000722 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
723 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000724
725 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
726 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
727 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
728 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
729 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
730 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
731 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
732 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
733 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
734 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
735 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
736 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
737
738- Autoboot Command:
739 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
740 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
741 define a command string that is automatically executed
742 when no character is read on the console interface
743 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
744
745 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000746 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
747 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
748 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749
750 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000751 The value of these goes into the environment as
752 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
753 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200754 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755
756- Pre-Boot Commands:
757 CONFIG_PREBOOT
758
759 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
760 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
761 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
762 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
763 entering interactive mode.
764
765 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
766 automatically generated or modified. For an example
767 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
768 modified when the user holds down a certain
769 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
770 booting the systems
771
772- Serial Download Echo Mode:
773 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
774 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
775 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
776 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
777 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
778 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
779 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
780
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500781- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
783 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200784 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000785
786- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500787 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
788 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000789 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
790 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 and augmenting with additional #define's
792 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000793
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500794 The default command configuration includes all commands
795 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500797 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
799 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
800 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
801 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
802 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
803 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
804 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
807 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
808 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600809 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
810 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
811 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
812 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
814 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500815 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
817 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600818 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000820 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
821 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000824 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
826 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
827 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000828 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500829 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000830 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000831 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
833 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
834 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
835 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
836 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
837 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000839 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
841 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
842 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
843 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000845 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
846 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
848 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400849 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
850 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
852 loop, loopw, mtest
853 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
854 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
855 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100856 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
858 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600859 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500861 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
862 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
863 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
864 host
865 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
868 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
869 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
870 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
871 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
872 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
873 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
874 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700875 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100876 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400877 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200878 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000880 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
883 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500884 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500885 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000886 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888
889 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
890 support you can write:
891
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
893 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400895 Other Commands:
896 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000900 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
901 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
902 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
903 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
904 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
905 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
907
908 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
909
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000910- Device tree:
911 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
912 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
913 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
914 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
915 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
916 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
917
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000918 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
919 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000920
921 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
922 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
923 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
924 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
925 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
926 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000927
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000928 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
929 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
930 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
931 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
932
933 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
934
935 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
936 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
937 still use the individual files if you need something more
938 exotic.
939
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940- Watchdog:
941 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
942 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000943 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
944 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
945 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
946 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
947 available, then no further board specific code should
948 be needed to use it.
949
950 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
951 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
952 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
953 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000955- U-Boot Version:
956 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
957 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
958 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
959 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200960 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
961 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963- Real-Time Clock:
964
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000966 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
967 following options:
968
969 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
970 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000971 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000972 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000973 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000974 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000975 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000976 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100977 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000978 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200979 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200980 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
981 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000983 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
984 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
985
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600986- GPIO Support:
987 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
988 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
989
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000990 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
991 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
992 pins supported by a particular chip.
993
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600994 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
995 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
996
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997- Timestamp Support:
998
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000999 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1000 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1001 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001004- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1005 Zero or more of the following:
1006 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1007 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1008 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1009 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1010 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1011 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1012 disk/part_efi.c
1013 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001015 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1016 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001017 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018
1019- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001020 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1021 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001023 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1024 be performed by calling the function
1025 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1026 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027
1028- ATAPI Support:
1029 CONFIG_ATAPI
1030
1031 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1032
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001033- LBA48 Support
1034 CONFIG_LBA48
1035
1036 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001037 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001038 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1039 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001041 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001042 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1043 Default is 32bit.
1044
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045- SCSI Support:
1046 At the moment only there is only support for the
1047 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1048 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001050 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1051 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1052 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1054 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001055 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001057 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1058 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1059
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001061 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001062 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1063
1064 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1065 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1066 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1067 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1068
1069 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1070 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1071 example with the "sspi" command.
1072
1073 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1074 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1075 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001076
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001077 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001078 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001080 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1081 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001082 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001083 write routine for first time initialisation.
1084
1085 CONFIG_TULIP
1086 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1087 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1088 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1089
1090 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1091 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1092
1093 CONFIG_NS8382X
1094 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1095
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001096- NETWORK Support (other):
1097
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001098 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1099 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1100
1101 CONFIG_RMII
1102 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1103
1104 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1105 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1106 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1107
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001108 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1109 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1110
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001111 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001112 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1113
1114 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1115 Define this to hold the physical address
1116 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1117
1118 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1119 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1120
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001121 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001122 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1123
1124 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1125 Define this to hold the physical address
1126 of the device (I/O space)
1127
1128 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1129 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1130
1131 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1132 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1133 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1134
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001135 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1136 Support for davinci emac
1137
1138 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1139 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1140
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001141 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1142 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1143
1144 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1145 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1146 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1147 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1148 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1149 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1150 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1151 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1152
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001153 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001154 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1155
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001156 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001157 Define this to hold the physical address
1158 of the device (I/O space)
1159
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001160 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001161 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1162
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001163 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001164 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1165 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001166 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001167
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001168 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1169 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1170
1171 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1172 Define the number of ports to be used
1173
1174 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1175 Define the ETH PHY's address
1176
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001177 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1178 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1179
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001180- TPM Support:
1181 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1182 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1183 per system is supported at this time.
1184
1185 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1186 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1187 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1188 0xfed40000.
1189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190- USB Support:
1191 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001192 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001193 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1194 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001195 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001196 storage devices.
1197 Note:
1198 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1199 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001200 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1201 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1202 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001203 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1204 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1206 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1207 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001208 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1209 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001210 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001211 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1212 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001213
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001214 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1215 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1216
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001217- USB Device:
1218 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1219 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1220 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001221 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001222 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1223 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001224 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001225 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1226 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1227 a Linux host by
1228 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1229 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1230 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1231 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001232
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001233 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1234 Define this to build a UDC device
1235
1236 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1237 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1238 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001239
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301240 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1241 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1242 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1243 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1244 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1245 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1246 speed.
1247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001248 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001249 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1250 be set to usbtty.
1251
1252 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001253 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001254 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001255 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001257 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001258 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001259 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001260
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001261 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001262 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001263 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001264 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1265 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1266 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1267
1268 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1269 Define this string as the name of your company for
1270 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001271
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001272 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1273 Define this string as the name of your product
1274 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001275
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001276 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1277 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1278 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1279 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1280 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001281
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001282 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1283 Define this as the unique Product ID
1284 for your device
1285 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001286
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001287- ULPI Layer Support:
1288 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1289 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1290 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1291 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1292 viewport is supported.
1293 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1294 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001295 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1296 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1297 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001298
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001299- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001300 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1301 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1302 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001303 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001304 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1305 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001306
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001307 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1308 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1309
1310 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1311 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1312
1313 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1314 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1315
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001316- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1317 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1318 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1319 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001321 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1322 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001323 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001325 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001326 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1327 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1328
1329 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001330 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001331 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1332 have not defined a custom partition
1333
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001334- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1335 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001336
1337 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1338 file in FAT formatted partition.
1339
1340 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1341 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001342
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001343CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1344 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1345
1346 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1347 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1348 and cbfsload.
1349
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001350- Keyboard Support:
1351 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1352
1353 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1354 support
1355
1356 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1357 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1358 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1359 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1360 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1361
1362- Video support:
1363 CONFIG_VIDEO
1364
1365 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1366 video).
1367
1368 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1369
1370 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1371
1372 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001373 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001374 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1375 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1376 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001377
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001378 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001379 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001380 are possible:
1381 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001382 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001383
1384 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1385 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1386 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1387 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1388 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1389 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1390 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001391 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1392
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001393 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001394 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001395
1396
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001397 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001398 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001399 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1400 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1401
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001402 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001403 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001404 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1405 support, and should also define these other macros:
1406
1407 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1408 CONFIG_VIDEO
1409 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1410 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1411 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1412 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1413 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1414 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1415
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001416 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1417 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1418 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1419 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001420
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001421 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1422
1423 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1424 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1425 driver.
1426
1427
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001428- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001429 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001430
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001431 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1432 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1433 defined in your board-specific files.
1434 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001435
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001436- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1437
1438 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1439 display); also select one of the supported displays
1440 by defining one of these:
1441
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001442 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1443
1444 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1445
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001446 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001447
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001448 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001449
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001450 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1451
1452 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1453 Active, color, single scan.
1454
1455 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001457 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001458 Active, color, single scan.
1459
1460 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1461
1462 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1463 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1464
1465 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1466
1467 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1468 Active, color, single scan.
1469
1470 CONFIG_HLD1045
1471
1472 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1473 Active, color, single scan.
1474
1475 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1476
1477 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1478 or
1479 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1480 or
1481 Hitachi SP14Q002
1482
1483 320x240. Black & white.
1484
1485 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001488 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1489
1490 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1491
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001492 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1493
1494 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1495 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1496
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001497
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001498- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001499
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001500 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1501 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1502 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001503 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001504 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1505 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1506 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1507 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001508
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001509 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1510
1511 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1512 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1513 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1514 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1515 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1516 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1517
1518 Example:
1519 setenv splashpos m,m
1520 => image at center of screen
1521
1522 setenv splashpos 30,20
1523 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1524
1525 setenv splashpos -10,m
1526 => vertically centered image
1527 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1528
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001529- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1530
1531 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1532 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1533 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1534
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001535- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1536
1537 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1538 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1539 bmp command.
1540
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001541- Do compresssing for memory range:
1542 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1543
1544 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1545 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1546
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001547- Compression support:
1548 CONFIG_BZIP2
1549
1550 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1551 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1552 compressed images are supported.
1553
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001554 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001555 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001556 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001557
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001558 CONFIG_LZMA
1559
1560 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1561 images is included.
1562
1563 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1564 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1565 formula:
1566
1567 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1568
1569 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1570 and Literal pos bits.
1571
1572 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1573 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1574 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1575 a very small buffer.
1576
1577 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1578 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001579 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001580
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001581- MII/PHY support:
1582 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1583
1584 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1585
1586 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1587
1588 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1589
1590 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1591
1592 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001593 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001594
1595 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1596
1597 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1598 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1599 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1600 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1601
1602 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1603
1604 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1605 command issued before MII status register can be read
1606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001607- Ethernet address:
1608 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001609 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1611 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001612 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1613 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001614
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001615 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1616 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001617 is not determined automatically.
1618
1619- IP address:
1620 CONFIG_IPADDR
1621
1622 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001623 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001624 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001625 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001626
1627- Server IP address:
1628 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1629
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001630 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001631 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001632 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001633
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001634 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1635
1636 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1637 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1638
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001639- Gateway IP address:
1640 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1641
1642 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1643 default router where packets to other networks are
1644 sent to.
1645 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1646
1647- Subnet mask:
1648 CONFIG_NETMASK
1649
1650 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1651 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1652 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1653 forwarded through a router.
1654 (Environment variable "netmask")
1655
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001656- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1657 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1658
1659 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1660 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001661 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001662 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1663 multicast group.
1664
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1666 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1667
1668 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1669 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1670 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1671 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1672 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1673 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1674 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1675 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001676 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001677
1678 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1679 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1680 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1681 4th and following
1682 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1683
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001684- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001685 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1686 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001687
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001688 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1689 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1690 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1691 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1692 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1693 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1694 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1695 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1696 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1697 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1698 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1699 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001700 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001701
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001702 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1703 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001704
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001705 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1706 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1707 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1708 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1709 is not available.
1710
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001711 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1712 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1713 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1714 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1715 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1716 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1717 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001718 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001719
1720 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1721 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1722 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001723 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001724 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1725 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001726
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001727 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1728
1729 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1730 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1731 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1732 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1733 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1734 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1735 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1736 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1737 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1738 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1739 this delay.
1740
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001741 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1742 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1743 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1744 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1745 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1746
1747 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1748
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001749 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001750 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001751
1752 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1753
1754 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1755
1756 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1757 of the device.
1758
1759 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1760
1761 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1762 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001763 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001764
1765 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1766
1767 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1768 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1769
1770 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1771
1772 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1773
1774 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1775
1776 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1777
1778 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1779
1780 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1781
1782 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1783
1784 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1785 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1786
1787 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1788
1789 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1792
1793 Several configurations allow to display the current
1794 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1795 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1796 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1797 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1798 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1799 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1800 feature in U-Boot.
1801
1802- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1803
1804 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1805 on those systems that support this (optional)
1806 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1807
1808- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1809
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001810 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001811 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001812 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001814 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001815 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001816 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1817 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001818 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001820 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001821
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001822 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001823 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1824 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001825
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001826 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001827 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001829 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001830 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001831 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001832 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001833
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001834 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001835 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001836 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1837 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1838 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001840 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1841
1842 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1843 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1844 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1845 commands until the slave device responds.
1846
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001847 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001848
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001849 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1850 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1851 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
1853 I2C_INIT
1854
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001855 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001856 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001857
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001858 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001859
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001860 I2C_PORT
1861
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001862 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1863 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1864 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001865
1866 I2C_ACTIVE
1867
1868 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1869 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1870 define can be null.
1871
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001872 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874 I2C_TRISTATE
1875
1876 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1877 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1878 define can be null.
1879
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001880 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882 I2C_READ
1883
1884 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1885 FALSE if it is low.
1886
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1888
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889 I2C_SDA(bit)
1890
1891 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1892 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1893
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001894 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001895 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001896 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898 I2C_SCL(bit)
1899
1900 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1901 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1902
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001903 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001904 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001905 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001906
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907 I2C_DELAY
1908
1909 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1910 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001911 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001912 like:
1913
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001914 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001916 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1917
1918 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1919 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1920 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1921 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1922
1923 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1924 the generic GPIO functions.
1925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001926 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001927
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001928 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1929 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1930 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1931 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1932 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1933 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1934 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1935 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001936
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001937 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1938
1939 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1940 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1941 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1942 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1943 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1944 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1945 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1946 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1947
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001948 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1949
1950 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1951 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1952 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1953
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001954 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1955
1956 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001957 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1958 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001959 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001961 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001962
1963 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001964 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001965 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1966 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001967
1968 e.g.
1969 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001970 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001971
1972 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1973
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001974 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001975 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001976
1977 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001979 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001980
1981 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1982 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001984 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001985
1986 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1987 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001989 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001990
1991 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1992 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001994 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001995
1996 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1997 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1998 specified DTT device.
1999
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002000 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2001
2002 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002003 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002004
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002005 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2006
2007 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2008 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2009 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2010 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2011 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2012 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2013
2014 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2015 feature!
2016
2017 Example:
2018 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2019 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2020 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2021
2022 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2023
2024 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2025 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2026
2027 => i2c bus
2028 Busses reached over muxes:
2029 Bus ID: 2
2030 reached over Mux(es):
2031 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2032 Bus ID: 3
2033 reached over Mux(es):
2034 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2035 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2036 =>
2037
2038 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002039 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2040 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002041 the channel 4.
2042
2043 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002044 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002045 the 2 muxes.
2046
2047 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2048 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2049 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2050 to add this option to other architectures.
2051
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002052 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2053
2054 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2055 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2056 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2057 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2058 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2059 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2060 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002061
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002062- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2063
2064 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2065 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2066 D/As on the SACSng board)
2067
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002068 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2069
2070 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2071 only SH7757 is supported.
2072
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002073 CONFIG_SPI_X
2074
2075 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2076 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2077
2078 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2079
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002080 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2081 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2082 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2083 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2084 defined, the board configuration must define several
2085 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2086 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002088 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2089
2090 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2091 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2092 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002093 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002094 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2095
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002096 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2097
2098 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002099 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002100
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002101- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002102
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002103 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2104
2105 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2106
2107 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2108 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002110 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002112 Enables support for FPGA family.
2113 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2114
2115 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2116
2117 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002119 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002121 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002123 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002124
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002125 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2126 status by the configuration function. This option
2127 will require a board or device specific function to
2128 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129
2130 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2131
2132 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2133 configuration driver.
2134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002135 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002138 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002139
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002140 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2141 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2142 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2143 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002145 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002147 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2148 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2149 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002150 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002152 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002153
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002154 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002155 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002157 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002158
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002159 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002160 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161
2162- Configuration Management:
2163 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2164
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002165 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2166 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002167
2168- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2169
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002170 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2171 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002172 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002173 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2174 protects these variables from casual modification by
2175 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2176 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002177 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002178
2179 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2180 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002181 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002182 these parameters.
2183
2184 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2185 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002186 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002187 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2188 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2189 read-only.]
2190
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002191 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2192 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2193 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2194 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2195
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002196- Protected RAM:
2197 CONFIG_PRAM
2198
2199 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2200 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2201 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2202 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2203 this default value by defining an environment
2204 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2205 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2206 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2207 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2208 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2209 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2210 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2211
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002212 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002213 saveenv
2214
2215 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2216 either, which results in a memory region that will
2217 not be affected by reboots.
2218
2219 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2220 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2221 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2222 following board configurations are known to be
2223 "pRAM-clean":
2224
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002225 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2226 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002227 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002229- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2230 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2231 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2232 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2233 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2234 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2235 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237- Error Recovery:
2238 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2239
2240 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2241 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2242 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002243 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2245 useful during development since you can try to debug
2246 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2247
2248 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2249
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002250 This variable defines the number of retries for
2251 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2252 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2253 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002255 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2256
2257 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2258
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002259 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2260
2261 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2262 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2263 try longer timeout such as
2264 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002267 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002268
2269 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2270
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002271 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2272 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002273
2274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002275 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276
2277 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2278 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2279 powerful command line syntax like
2280 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2281 constructs ("shell scripts").
2282
2283 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2284 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2285
2286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002287 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288
2289 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2290 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2291 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2292
2293 Note:
2294
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002295 In the current implementation, the local variables
2296 space and global environment variables space are
2297 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2298 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2299 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2300 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2301 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002303 Global environment variables are those you use
2304 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2305 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2306 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
2308 To store commands and special characters in a
2309 variable, please use double quotation marks
2310 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2311 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2312 symbols.
2313
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002314- Commandline Editing and History:
2315 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2316
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002317 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002318 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002319
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002320- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2322
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002323 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2324 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002325 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002326
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002327 For example, place something like this in your
2328 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329
2330 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2331 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2332 "myvar2=value2\0"
2333
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002334 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2335 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2336 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2337 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002338 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002339 You better know what you are doing here.
2340
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002341 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2342 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002343 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002344 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002346 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2347
2348 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2349 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2350 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2351
2352 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2353
2354 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2355 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2356 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2359
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002360 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2361
2362 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2363 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2364 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2365
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002366- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002367 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2368
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002369 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2370 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2371 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002372
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002373- Serial Flash support
2374 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2375
2376 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2377 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2378
2379 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2380 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2381 commands.
2382
2383 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2384 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2385 flash is present on the system.
2386
2387 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2388 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2389 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2390 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2391
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002392- SystemACE Support:
2393 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2394
2395 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2396 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002397 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002398 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002399
2400 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002401 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002402
2403 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2404 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2405
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002406- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2407 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2408
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002409 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002410 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002411 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002412 number generator is used.
2413
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002414 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2415 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2416 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2417
2418 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002419 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2420 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2421 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2422 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2423 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2424 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2425
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002426- Hashing support:
2427 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2428
2429 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2430 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2431
2432 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2433
2434 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2435 size a little.
2436
2437 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2438 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2439
2440 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2441 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2442
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002443- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2445
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002446 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2447 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2448 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2449 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2450 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2451 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002453- Detailed boot stage timing
2454 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2455 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2456 of the boot process.
2457
2458 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2459 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2460 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2461 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2462 the limit, recording will stop.
2463
2464 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2465 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2466
2467 Timer summary in microseconds:
2468 Mark Elapsed Stage
2469 0 0 reset
2470 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2471 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2472 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2473 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2474 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2475 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2476 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2477
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002478 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2479 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2480 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2481
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002482 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2483 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2484 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2485 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2486 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2487 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2488 For example:
2489
2490 bootstage {
2491 154 {
2492 name = "board_init_f";
2493 mark = <3575678>;
2494 };
2495 170 {
2496 name = "lcd";
2497 accum = <33482>;
2498 };
2499 };
2500
2501 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2502
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002503Legacy uImage format:
2504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002505 Arg Where When
2506 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002507 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002509 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002511 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2513 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2514 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002515 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2517 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2518 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2519 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002520 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002522
2523 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2524 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2525 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2526 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2527 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2528 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2529 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002530 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002531 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2532 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2533
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002534 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002536 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002537 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2538 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002539
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002540 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2541 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2542 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2543 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2544 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2545 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2546 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2547 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2548 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2549 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2550 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2551 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2552 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2553 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2554 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2555 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2556 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2557 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2558 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2559 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2560 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2561 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2562 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2563 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2564 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2565 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2566 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2567 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2568 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2569 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2570 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2571 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2572 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2573 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2574 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2575 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2576 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2577 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2578 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2579 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2580 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2581 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2582 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2583 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2584 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2585 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2586 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002588 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002590 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002591 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2592 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002594 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2595 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002596 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002597 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2598 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2599 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002600 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2601 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002602 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002604FIT uImage format:
2605
2606 Arg Where When
2607 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2608 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2609 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2610 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2611 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2612 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002613 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002614 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2615 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2616 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2617 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2618 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002619 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2620 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002621 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2622 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2623 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2624 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2625 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2626 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2627 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2628 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2629
2630 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2631 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2632 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002633 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002634 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2635 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2636 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2637 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2638 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2639 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2640 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2641 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2642 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2643 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2644 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2645 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2646
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002647 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002648 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2649
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002650 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002651 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2652
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002653 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002654 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2655
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002656- FIT image support:
2657 CONFIG_FIT
2658 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2659
2660 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2661 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2662 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2663 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2664 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2665 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2666
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002667- Standalone program support:
2668 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2669
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002670 This option defines a board specific value for the
2671 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2672 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002673 settings.
2674
2675- Frame Buffer Address:
2676 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2677
2678 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2679 address for frame buffer.
2680 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2681 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002682 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002683
2684 Please see board_init_f function.
2685
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002686- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2687 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2688 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2689 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2690
2691 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2692 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2693
2694- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2695 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2696
2697 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2698 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2699
2700 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2701
2702 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2703 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2704
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002705- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002706 CONFIG_SPL
2707 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002708
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002709 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2710 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2711
2712 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2713 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2714
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002715 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2716 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002717
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002718 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2719 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2720 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2721
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002722 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2723 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2724
2725 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2726 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2727
2728 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2729 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2730
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002731 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2732 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2733 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2734 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2735
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002736 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2737 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2738
2739 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2740 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002741
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002742 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2743 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2744 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2745 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2746
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002747 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2748 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2749 about the running system.
2750
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002751 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2752 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2753
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002754 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2755 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002756
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002757 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2758 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002759
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002760 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2761 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002762
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002763 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2764 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002765
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002766 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2767 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002768
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002769 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2770 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2771 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2772 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2773 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2774
2775 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2776 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2777
2778 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2779 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2780
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002781 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2782 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2783 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2784
2785 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2786 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2787
2788 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2789 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2790
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002791 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002792 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2793 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002794
2795 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2796 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2797 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2798 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2799 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2800 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002801 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002802
2803 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002804 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2805
2806 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2807 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2808
2809 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2810 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002811
2812 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002813 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002814
2815 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2816 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2817 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2818
2819 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2820 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2821 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2822
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002823 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2824 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002825
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002826 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2827 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002828
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002829 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2830 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002831
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002832 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2833 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2834
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002835 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2836 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002837
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002838 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2839 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2840 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2841 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843Modem Support:
2844--------------
2845
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002846[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002848- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2850
2851- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2852 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2853
2854- Modem debug support:
2855 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2856
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002857 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2858 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002859
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002860- Interrupt support (PPC):
2861
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002862 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2863 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002864 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002865 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002866 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002867 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002868 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002869 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2870 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2871 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002872
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873- General:
2874
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002875 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2876 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2877 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002878 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002879 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2880 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2881 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002882
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002883 If there are no modem init strings in the
2884 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2885 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002886 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887
2888 See also: doc/README.Modem
2889
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002890Board initialization settings:
2891------------------------------
2892
2893During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2894to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2895before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2896following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2897architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2898typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2899
2900- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2901- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2902- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2903- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905Configuration Settings:
2906-----------------------
2907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002908- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2910
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002911- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2912 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002914- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002915 prompt for user input.
2916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002917- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002921- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002923- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002924 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2925 booted
2926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002927- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002928 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002930- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002931 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002933- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002934 If the board specific function
2935 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2936 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002937 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002940 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002942- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002943 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002945- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2947 simple memory test.
2948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002949- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002950 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002952- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002953 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2954 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002956- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2957 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002958 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002959 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002960 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2961 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2962 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002963 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002964 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002965 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002966
2967 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2968 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2969 be touched.
2970
2971 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2972 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2973 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2974 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2975 problems.
2976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002977- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978 Default load address for network file downloads
2979
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002980- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002981 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002983- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2985
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002986- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2988 Cogent motherboard)
2989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002990- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002993- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2995 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002996 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002999- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003000 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3001 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3002 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3003 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003005- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003008- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003009 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3010 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003011 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003012 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003014- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003015 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3016 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003017 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3018 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3019 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3020 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003021 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003022 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3023 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3024 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003025
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003026- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3027 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3028 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3029 is enabled.
3030
3031- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3032 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3033 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3034
3035- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3036 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3037 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003039- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003040 Max number of Flash memory banks
3041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003042- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003043 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003045- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003046 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003048- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003051- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003052 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003054- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003055 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003057- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003058 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3059 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003061- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003062
3063 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3064 without this option such a download has to be
3065 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3066 copy from RAM to flash.
3067
3068 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3069 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003070 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3071 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003074- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003075 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003076 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003078- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003079 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3080 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003082- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3083 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3084 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3085 to the MTD layer.
3086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003087- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003088 Use buffered writes to flash.
3089
3090- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3091 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3092 write commands.
3093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003095 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3096 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3097 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3098 optionally available.
3099
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003100- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3101 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3102 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3103 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003105- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003106 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3107 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003108 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3109 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003110 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003111 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3112
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003113- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3114
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003115 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3116 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3117 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3118 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3119 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003120
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003121- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3122- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3123 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3124 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3125 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3126 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3127
3128 The format of the list is:
3129 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3130 attributes = type_attribute
3131 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3132 list = entry[,list]
3133
3134 The type attributes are:
3135 s - String (default)
3136 d - Decimal
3137 x - Hexadecimal
3138 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3139 i - IP address
3140 m - MAC address
3141
3142 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3143 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3144 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3145
3146 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3147 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3148 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3149 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3150 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3151 ".flags" variable.
3152
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003153The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3154of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3155following configurations:
3156
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003157- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3158
3159 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3160 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003162- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163
3164 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3165
3166 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3167 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3168 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3169 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3170 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3171 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3172 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3173 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3174 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3175 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3176 between U-Boot and the environment.
3177
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003178 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003179
3180 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3181 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3182 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3183 for this sector is given here.
3184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003185 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003187 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003188
3189 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3190 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003191 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003193 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194
3195 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3196
3197
3198 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3199 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3200 the environment.
3201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003202 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003204 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003205 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3207 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3208
3209 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3210 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3211 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3212 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3213 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3214 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3215 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3216 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3217 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3218
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003219 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3220 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003221
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003222 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003223 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003224 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003225 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003226
3227BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3228source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3229accordingly!
3230
3231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003232- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
3234 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3235 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3236 environment.
3237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003238 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3239 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003241 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003242 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3243 can just be read and written to, without any special
3244 provision.
3245
3246BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3247in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003248console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249U-Boot will hang.
3250
3251Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3252environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3253keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3254to save the current settings.
3255
3256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003257- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003258
3259 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3260 device and a driver for it.
3261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003262 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3263 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264
3265 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3266 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3270 The default address is zero.
3271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003272 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3274 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3275 would require six bits.
3276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003277 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003279 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003281 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003282 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3283 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3284
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003285 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003286 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3287 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3288 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3289 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3290 byte chips.
3291
3292 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3293 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3294 in the chip address.
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003297 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3298
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003299 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3300 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3301 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3302
3303 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3304 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3305 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3306 EEPROM. For example:
3307
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003308 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003309
3310 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3311 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003312
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003313- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003314
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003315 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003316 want to use for the environment.
3317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003318 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3319 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3320 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003321
3322 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3323 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3324 at the specified address.
3325
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003326- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3327
3328 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3329 want to use for the local device's environment.
3330
3331 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3332 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3333
3334 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3335 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3336 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003337 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003338
3339BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3340"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003341environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3342but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003344- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003345
3346 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3347 for the environment.
3348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003349 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3350 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003351
3352 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003353 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3354 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003355
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003356 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003358 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003359 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3360 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003361 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003362 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3363
3364 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3365
3366 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3367 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3368 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3369 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3370 the range to be avoided.
3371
3372 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003373
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003374 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3375 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3376 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3377 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3378 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003379
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003380- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3381
3382 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3383 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3384 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003386- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387
3388 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3389 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3390 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3391 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3392 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3393 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3394 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3395
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003396Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003398created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399until then to read environment variables.
3400
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003401The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3402is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3403with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3404necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3405"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3406have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
3408Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3409the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003410use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003412- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003413 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003416 also needs to be defined.
3417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003418- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003419 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003421- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3422 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3423 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3424 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3425 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3426 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003429---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003431- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003434- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003436
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003437 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3438 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3439 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003441- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3442 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3443 PowerPC SOCs.
3444
3445- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3446 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3447 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3448
3449 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3450 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3451
3452- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3453 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3454 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003455 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003456 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3457 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3458 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3459
3460 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3461 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3462
3463- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003464 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3465 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003466 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3467 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3468
3469- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3470 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3471 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3472 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3473
3474- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3475 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3476 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3477
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003478- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003479 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003480
3481 the default drive number (default value 0)
3482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003483 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003484
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003485 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003486 (default value 1)
3487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003489
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003490 defines the offset of register from address. It
3491 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003492 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3495 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003496 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003498 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003499 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3500 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3501 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3502 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003503
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003504- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3505 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3506 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3507 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3508 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3509 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3510 is requierd.
3511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003512- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003513 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003514 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003516- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003518 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3520 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3521 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3522 will become available only after programming the
3523 memory controller and running certain initialization
3524 sequences.
3525
3526 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3527 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3528 - MPC824X: data cache
3529 - PPC4xx: data cache
3530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003531- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532
3533 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3535 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003537 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3539 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3540 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
3542 Note:
3543 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3544 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3547 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003549- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003551- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003559- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562 SDRAM timing
3563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003564- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565 periodic timer for refresh
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003569- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3570 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3571 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3572 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3574
3575- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3577 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003580- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3581 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3583 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003586 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3587 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003589- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003590 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3591 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003593- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3595 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003597- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3599 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3600 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003602- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003603 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3604 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3605 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3606 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3609 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3610 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3611 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3612 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3613 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3614 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3615 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003616 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003617
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003618- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3619 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3620 required.
3621
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003622- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3623 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3624 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3625 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3626 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3627 by coreboot or similar.
3628
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003629- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3630 Chip has SRIO or not
3631
3632- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3633 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3634
3635- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3636 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3637
3638- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3639 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3640
3641- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3642 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3643
3644- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3645 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3646
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003647- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3648 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3649 16 bit bus.
3650
3651- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3652 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3653 a default value will be used.
3654
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003655- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003656 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3657 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3658
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003659 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3660 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003662- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003663 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3664 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3665 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003666
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003667- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3668 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3669 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3670 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3671 header files or board specific files.
3672
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003673- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3674 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003676- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003677 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3678 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003679
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003680- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3681 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3682
3683- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3684 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003685 to the given FEC; i. e.
3686 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003687 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3688
3689 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3690
3691- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3692 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3693 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3694
3695- CONFIG_RMII
3696 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3697 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3698 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3699
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003700- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3701 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3702 The syntax is:
3703
3704 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3705
3706 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3707 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3708 area should have.
3709
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003710- CONFIG_LOOPW
3711 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003712 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003713
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003714- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3715 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3716 "md/mw" commands.
3717 Examples:
3718
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003719 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003720 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3721
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003722 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003723 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3724
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003725 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003726 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003727
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003728- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003729 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003730 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3731 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3732 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003733
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003734 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3735 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3736 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3737 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003738
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003739- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003740 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3741 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3742 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003743
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003744- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3745 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3746 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3747 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3748 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3749
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003750- CONFIG_X86_NO_RESET_VECTOR
3751 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is excluded. You will need
3752 to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3753
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003754- CONFIG_X86_NO_REAL_MODE
3755 If defined, x86 real mode code is omitted. This assumes a
3756 32-bit environment where such code is not needed. You will
3757 need to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3758
3759
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003760Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3761-----------------------------------
3762
3763The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3764loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3765This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3766are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3767within that device.
3768
3769- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3770 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3771 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3772 is also specified.
3773
3774- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3775 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3776 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3777 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3778 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3779
3780- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3781 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3782 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3783 virtual address in NOR flash.
3784
3785- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3786 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3787 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3788
3789- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3790 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3791 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3792
3793- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3794 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3795 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3796
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003797- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3798 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3799 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003800 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3801 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3802 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003803
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804Building the Software:
3805======================
3806
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003807Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3808and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3809all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3810(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3811recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3812which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003814If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3815have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3816you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3817Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3818necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003820 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3821 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003823Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3824 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3825 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3826 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3827
3828 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3829
3830 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3831 be executed on computers running Windows.
3832
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003833U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3834sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835is done by typing:
3836
3837 make NAME_config
3838
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003839where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003840rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003841
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3843 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3844 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3845 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003846 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003848 make TQM823L_config
3849 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003851 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3852 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003854 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003857Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3858images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003860- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3861- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3862- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003864By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3865in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3866this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3867
38681. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3869
3870 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3871 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3872 make O=/tmp/build all
3873
38742. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3875
3876 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3877 make distclean
3878 make NAME_config
3879 make all
3880
3881Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3882variable.
3883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003885Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3886for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3887native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003890If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3891to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3892steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038941. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003895 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3896 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038972. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3898 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3899 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
39003. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3901 your board
39023. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3903 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
39044. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
39055. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3906 to be installed on your target system.
39076. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3908 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3912==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003914If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3915or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3917the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003918official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003920But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3921cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3923just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003924for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3925select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3926environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3927you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003929 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003931or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003933 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003935When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3936U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3937setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3938built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3939<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3940location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3941variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003942
3943 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3944 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3945 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3946
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003947With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3948log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3949during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003950
3951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003952See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955Monitor Commands - Overview:
3956============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003958go - start application at address 'addr'
3959run - run commands in an environment variable
3960bootm - boot application image from memory
3961bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003962bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3964 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3965 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003966tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003967rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3968diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3969loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3970loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3971md - memory display
3972mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3973nm - memory modify (constant address)
3974mw - memory write (fill)
3975cp - memory copy
3976cmp - memory compare
3977crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003978i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003979sspi - SPI utility commands
3980base - print or set address offset
3981printenv- print environment variables
3982setenv - set environment variables
3983saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3984protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3985erase - erase FLASH memory
3986flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003987nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3989iminfo - print header information for application image
3990coninfo - print console devices and informations
3991ide - IDE sub-system
3992loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003993loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994mtest - simple RAM test
3995icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3996dcache - enable or disable data cache
3997reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3998echo - echo args to console
3999version - print monitor version
4000help - print online help
4001? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4005========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004007TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004009For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
4011
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004012Environment Variables:
4013======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4016can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4019"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4020without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4021environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4022working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4023environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004025Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4026
4027List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004029 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004030
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004031 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004034
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004035 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004039 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4040 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4041 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4042 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4043 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4044 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004045 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4046 bootm_mapsize.
4047
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004048 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004049 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4050 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4051 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4052 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4053 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4054 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004055
4056 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4057 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4058 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4059 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4060 environment variable.
4061
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004062 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4063 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4064 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4065
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4067 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4068 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4069 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4072 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4073 be automatically started (by internally calling
4074 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4077 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4078 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4079 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4080 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004082 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4083 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004084 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4085 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4086 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4087 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4088 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4089 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4090 access it during the boot procedure.
4091
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004092 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4093 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4094 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4095 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4096 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4097 must be accessible by the kernel.
4098
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004099 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4100 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4101 defined.
4102
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004103 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4104 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4105 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4106 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4107 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4108
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004109 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4110 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4111 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4112 is usually what you want since it allows for
4113 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4114 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004115 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4117 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4118 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4119 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004121 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4122 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4123 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4124 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4125 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4126 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004127
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4131 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4132 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4133 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4134 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4135 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4136 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4141 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004145 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004146
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004153 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004155 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4156 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004158 => setenv ethact FEC
4159 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4160 => setenv ethact SCC
4161 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004163 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4164 available network interfaces.
4165 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4166
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004167 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004168 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4169 When set to "once" the network operation will
4170 fail when all the available network interfaces
4171 are tried once without success.
4172 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4173 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004175 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004176
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004177 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004178 UDP source port.
4179
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004180 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4181 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4182
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004183 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4184 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4185
4186 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4187 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4188 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4189 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4190 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4191 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4192 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4193
4194 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004195 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004197
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004198The following image location variables contain the location of images
4199used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4200not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4201variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4202server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4203loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4204flash or offset in NAND flash.
4205
4206*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4207boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4208boards use these variables for other purposes.
4209
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004210Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4211----- --------- ----------- --------------
4212u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4213Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4214device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4215ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004216
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4218updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4219depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221 bootfile - see above
4222 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4223 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4224 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4225 hostname - Target hostname
4226 ipaddr - see above
4227 netmask - Subnet Mask
4228 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4229 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004230
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004231
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004232There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4235 as type string and/or serial number
4236 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4239the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4240once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
4242
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4246 with the "version" command. This variable is
4247 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4251only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004252
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004253
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004254Callback functions for environment variables:
4255---------------------------------------------
4256
4257For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4258when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4259be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4260deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4261effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4262
4263The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4264U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4265
4266These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4267static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4268in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4269associations. The list must be in the following format:
4270
4271 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4272 list = entry[,list]
4273
4274If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4275Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4276
4277Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4278with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4279override any association in the static list. You can define
4280CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4281".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4282
4283
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004284Command Line Parsing:
4285=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004286
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004287There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4288the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004290Old, simple command line parser:
4291--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4294- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004295- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4297 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004298 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4300 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004302Hush shell:
4303-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004304
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4306 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4307 until...do...done, ...
4308- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4309 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4310 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4311 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313General rules:
4314--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4317 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4318 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4319 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004320
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004322 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4324 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004325
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4327=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004328
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004329Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4331"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004332
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4334MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4335"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004336
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004337If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4338in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4339ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4340variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004341
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004342o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4343 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004344
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004345o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4346 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4347 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4350 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4353 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4354 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4357 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004359If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004360will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004361may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4362The naming convention is as follows:
4363"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004365Image Formats:
4366==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004368U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4369images in two formats:
4370
4371New uImage format (FIT)
4372-----------------------
4373
4374Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4375to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4376components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4377SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4378
4379
4380Old uImage format
4381-----------------
4382
4383Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4384preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4385details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4388 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004389 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4390 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4391 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004392* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004393 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4394 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4396* Load Address
4397* Entry Point
4398* Image Name
4399* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4402and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4403CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004405
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406Linux Support:
4407==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4410easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4411U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4414special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4415"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4416instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4417serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4420 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4421 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4424 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4427 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4428 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4429 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4430 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4431 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434Linux HOWTO:
4435============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004436
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004437Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4438---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4441configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4442(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4443Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004444
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004445But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004446
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004447Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4448include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004449Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4450and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004451as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454Configuring the Linux kernel:
4455-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004456
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4458device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461Building a Linux Image:
4462-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4465not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4466"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4467U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4468which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4469100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004472
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004473 make TQM850L_config
4474 make oldconfig
4475 make dep
4476 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004478The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4479encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4480CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004483
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004484* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004486 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4487 -R .note -R .comment \
4488 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004491
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004493
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004494* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4497 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4498 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004500
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004501The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4502with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4503combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4504byte header containing information about target architecture,
4505operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4506stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004508"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4509print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004510
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4512contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4513checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004514
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515 tools/mkimage -l image
4516 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004517
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4519from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004520
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4522 -n name -d data_file image
4523 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4524 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4525 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4526 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4527 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4528 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4529 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4530 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004531
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004532Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4533address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4534kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4537- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4542 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004543 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4545 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4546 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4547 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4548 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4549 Load Address: 0x00000000
4550 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004552To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4555 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4556 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4557 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4558 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4559 Load Address: 0x00000000
4560 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004561
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004562NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4563speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4564needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4565need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004567 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4569 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004570 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4572 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4573 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4574 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4575 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4576 Load Address: 0x00000000
4577 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4581when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4584 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4585 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4586 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4587 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4588 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4589 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4590 Load Address: 0x00000000
4591 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594Installing a Linux Image:
4595-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4598you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004600 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4603image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4604address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4605specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4606command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4609TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 .......... done
4614 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 => loads 40100000
4617 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4618 ~>examples/image.srec
4619 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4620 ...
4621 15989 15990 15991 15992
4622 [file transfer complete]
4623 [connected]
4624 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004626
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004628this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4634 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4635 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4636 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4637 Load Address: 00000000
4638 Entry Point: 0000000c
4639 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
4641
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642Boot Linux:
4643-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4646memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4647of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4648parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4649"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 => printenv bootargs
4653 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657 => printenv bootargs
4658 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660 => bootm 40020000
4661 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4662 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4663 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4664 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4665 Load Address: 00000000
4666 Entry Point: 0000000c
4667 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4668 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4669 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4670 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4671 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4672 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4673 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4674 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004676If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4678format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4683 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4684 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4685 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4686 Load Address: 00000000
4687 Entry Point: 0000000c
4688 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4691 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4692 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4693 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4694 Load Address: 00000000
4695 Entry Point: 00000000
4696 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4699 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4700 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4701 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4702 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4703 Load Address: 00000000
4704 Entry Point: 0000000c
4705 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4706 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4707 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4708 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4709 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4710 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4711 Load Address: 00000000
4712 Entry Point: 00000000
4713 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4714 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4715 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4716 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4717 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4718 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4719 ...
4720 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4721 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004725Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4726-----------
4727
4728First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4729titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4730following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4731flat device tree:
4732
4733=> print oftaddr
4734oftaddr=0x300000
4735=> print oft
4736oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4737=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4738Speed: 1000, full duplex
4739Using TSEC0 device
4740TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4741Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4742Load address: 0x300000
4743Loading: #
4744done
4745Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4746=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4747Speed: 1000, full duplex
4748Using TSEC0 device
4749TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4750Filename 'uImage'.
4751Load address: 0x200000
4752Loading:############
4753done
4754Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4755=> print loadaddr
4756loadaddr=200000
4757=> print oftaddr
4758oftaddr=0x300000
4759=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4760## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004761 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4762 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4763 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004764 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004765 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004766 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4767 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4768Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4769Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4770Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4771[snip]
4772
4773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774More About U-Boot Image Types:
4775------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4780 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4781 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4782 the Standalone Program.
4783 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4784 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4785 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4786 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4787 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4788 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4789 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4790 being started.
4791 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4792 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4793 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4794 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4795 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4796 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4799 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4800 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4801 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4802 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4803 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4806 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4807 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004808
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4810 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4811 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4812 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004813
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004814Booting the Linux zImage:
4815-------------------------
4816
4817On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4818using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4819as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4820
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004821Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4822kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4823address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4824format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4825
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827Standalone HOWTO:
4828=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004829
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4831run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4832U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004833
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004835
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004836"Hello World" Demo:
4837-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4840application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4841It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4842like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 => loads
4845 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4846 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4847 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4848 [file transfer complete]
4849 [connected]
4850 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4853 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4854 Hello World
4855 argc = 7
4856 argv[0] = "40004"
4857 argv[1] = "Hello"
4858 argv[2] = "World!"
4859 argv[3] = "This"
4860 argv[4] = "is"
4861 argv[5] = "a"
4862 argv[6] = "test."
4863 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4864 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004867
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4869handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4870Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4871The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4872character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4873controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4876 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4877 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4878 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 => loads
4881 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4882 ~>examples/timer.srec
4883 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4884 [file transfer complete]
4885 [connected]
4886 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004887
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888 => go 40004
4889 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4890 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4891 Using timer 1
4892 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894Hit 'b':
4895 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4896 Enabling timer
4897Hit '?':
4898 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4899 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4900Hit '?':
4901 [q, b, e, ?] .
4902 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4903Hit '?':
4904 [q, b, e, ?] .
4905 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4906Hit '?':
4907 [q, b, e, ?] .
4908 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4909Hit 'e':
4910 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4911Hit 'q':
4912 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915Minicom warning:
4916================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4919"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4920consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4921Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4922especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004923use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4924http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4925for help with kermit.
4926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4929configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4932 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4933 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004934
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004935
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936NetBSD Notes:
4937=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4940(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004941
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4943NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4944need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4945Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4946attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4947missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004948
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4950 # mkdir powerpc
4951 # ln -s powerpc machine
4952 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4953 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4956and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4959stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4960proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4961tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004962meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965Implementation Internals:
4966=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4969implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4970inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4971hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974Initial Stack, Global Data:
4975---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4978starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4979system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4980This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4981is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4982at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4983options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4984models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4985MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4986locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004988 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004989 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4992 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4993 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4994 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4997 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4998 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4999 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5000 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005001 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5003 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5006 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005007 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5009 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5010 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5011 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005012
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005013 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5015 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005016 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5018 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5019 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5020 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5021 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023 -Chris Hallinan
5024 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005025
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5027code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5030 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005031
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005032* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5034 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005035
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005036* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5037 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005038
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5040normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5041turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5042simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5043functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5044functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5045the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5046place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5047reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5050relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5051GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5054 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005055 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5057 R5-R10: parameter passing
5058 R13: small data area pointer
5059 R30: GOT pointer
5060 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005062 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5063 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5064 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005065
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005066 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5069 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5070 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5071 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5072 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5073 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005075On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005076 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5077
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005078 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005079
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082 R0: function argument word/integer result
5083 R1-R3: function argument word
5084 R9: GOT pointer
5085 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5086 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5087 R12: temporary workspace
5088 R13: stack pointer
5089 R14: link register
5090 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005094On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5095 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5096
5097 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5098
5099 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5100 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5101
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005102On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5103
5104 R0-R1: argument/return
5105 R2-R5: argument
5106 R15: temporary register for assembler
5107 R16: trampoline register
5108 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5109 R29: global pointer (GP)
5110 R30: link register (LP)
5111 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5112 PC: program counter (PC)
5113
5114 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5115
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005116NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5117or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119Memory Management:
5120------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5123MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5126controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5127memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5128physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5131TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5132booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5133to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005134memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5136Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5139of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5142this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5145 :
5146 0x0000 1FFF
5147 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5148 :
5149 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151 :
5152 :
5153 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5154 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5155 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5156 :
5157 0x00FD FFFF
5158 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5159 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5160 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5161 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164System Initialization:
5165----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005168(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5170To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5171To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5172initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5173which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5174part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5175the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005176
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5178preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5179(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5180on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5181programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5182simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5183banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5186different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5187bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
51880x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5189contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5192and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5193Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5194pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5197until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5198running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5199new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202U-Boot Porting Guide:
5203----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5206list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005209int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210{
5211 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005213 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5214 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005217 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218 return 0;
5219 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005222
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005223 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005224
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005225 if (clueless)
5226 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228 while (learning) {
5229 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005230 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5231 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005233 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005236 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5237 Buy a BDI3000;
5238 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005241 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5242 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5243 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5244 } else {
5245 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5246 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5247 }
5248 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5249 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005251 while (!accepted) {
5252 while (!running) {
5253 do {
5254 Add / modify source code;
5255 } until (compiles);
5256 Debug;
5257 if (clueless)
5258 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5259 }
5260 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5261 if (reasonable critiques)
5262 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5263 else
5264 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005265 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267 return 0;
5268}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270void no_more_time (int sig)
5271{
5272 hire_a_guru();
5273}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276Coding Standards:
5277-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005280coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005281"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005282
5283Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5284MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5285reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5286sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005288Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5289Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5290in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005291
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5293- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005294- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005296- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5300with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303Submitting Patches:
5304-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5307establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5308may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005309
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005310Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005311
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005312Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5313see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5314
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5316it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5319 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5320 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5323 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005330 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5333 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005335* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5336 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005337 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005338 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5339 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005340
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005341 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5342 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5343 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005345 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5346 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5347 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5348 affected files).
5349
5350 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5351 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005352
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5354 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005355
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5357 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005358
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5363 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5364 for any of the boards.
5365
5366* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5367 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5368 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5371 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5372 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5373 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5374 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5375 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005376
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005377* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5378 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5379 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5380 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.